<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=UE-InfoVis0506+9927022</id>
	<title>InfoVis:Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=UE-InfoVis0506+9927022"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/wiki/Special:Contributions/UE-InfoVis0506_9927022"/>
	<updated>2026-04-23T08:56:22Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11844</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11844"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T22:43:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Example questions this visualization solves */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock and an integrated spiral to show nearby events. It is a combination of the well known time-visualization techniques [[Timeline]] and [[Timeband]] and an enhancement to regular calenders, timetables or pop-up reminders providing a [[Data_Type|continuous]] non-intrusive display of upcoming events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example questions this visualization solves ===&lt;br /&gt;
* What time is it?&lt;br /&gt;
* When does the next event start?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long does an event last?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many events are in the near future (depends on the spiral depth).&lt;br /&gt;
* Show information for the selected event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above includes:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock).&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating it is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two dimensions are to be displayed simultaneously: Absolute time and events (start + duration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analog clock displays the absolute time.&lt;br /&gt;
A spiral nested inside the analog clock shows the nearby future. Every revolution of the spiral represents one hour. The outermost branch shows events which occur in less than one hour, the second outermost events one to two hours from now, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
Colored blocks inside the spiral revolutions show the start and duration of events and are also used to display information about the events (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explicitly show time (digital clock) and/or current date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change size of analog clock.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display time of day (if it is night or day) by changing background color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carlis and Konstan, 1998] John V. Carlis and Joseph A. Konstan. Interactive visualization of serial periodic data. In &#039;&#039;UIST &#039;98: Proceedings of the 11th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 29-38, San Francisco, California, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11843</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11843"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T22:42:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: interaction&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock and an integrated spiral to show nearby events. It is a combination of the well known time-visualization techniques [[Timeline]] and [[Timeband]] and an enhancement to regular calenders, timetables or pop-up reminders providing a [[Data_Type|continuous]] non-intrusive display of upcoming events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example questions this visualization solves ===&lt;br /&gt;
* What time is it?&lt;br /&gt;
* When does the next event start?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long does an event last?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many events are in near future (depends on the spiral depth)&lt;br /&gt;
* Show info to the selected event&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above includes:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock).&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating it is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two dimensions are to be displayed simultaneously: Absolute time and events (start + duration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analog clock displays the absolute time.&lt;br /&gt;
A spiral nested inside the analog clock shows the nearby future. Every revolution of the spiral represents one hour. The outermost branch shows events which occur in less than one hour, the second outermost events one to two hours from now, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
Colored blocks inside the spiral revolutions show the start and duration of events and are also used to display information about the events (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explicitly show time (digital clock) and/or current date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change size of analog clock.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display time of day (if it is night or day) by changing background color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carlis and Konstan, 1998] John V. Carlis and Joseph A. Konstan. Interactive visualization of serial periodic data. In &#039;&#039;UIST &#039;98: Proceedings of the 11th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 29-38, San Francisco, California, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11842</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11842"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T22:39:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: image pos&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock and an integrated spiral to show nearby events. It is a combination of the well known time-visualization techniques [[Timeline]] and [[Timeband]] and an enhancement to regular calenders, timetables or pop-up reminders providing a [[Data_Type|continuous]] non-intrusive display of upcoming events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example questions this visualization solves ===&lt;br /&gt;
* What time is it?&lt;br /&gt;
* When does the next event start?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long does an event last?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many events are in near future (depends on the spiral depth)&lt;br /&gt;
* Show info to the selected event&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above includes:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock).&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating it is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two dimensions are to be displayed simultaneously: Absolute time and events (start + duration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analog clock displays the absolute time.&lt;br /&gt;
A spiral nested inside the analog clock shows the nearby future. Every revolution of the spiral represents one hour. The outermost branch shows events which occur in less than one hour, the second outermost events one to two hours from now, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
Colored blocks inside the spiral revolutions show the start and duration of events and are also used to display information about the events (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explicitly show time (digital clock) and/or current date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change size of analog clock.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display time of day (if it is night or day) by changing background color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carlis and Konstan, 1998] John V. Carlis and Joseph A. Konstan. Interactive visualization of serial periodic data. In &#039;&#039;UIST &#039;98: Proceedings of the 11th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 29-38, San Francisco, California, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11841</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11841"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T22:34:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: some corrections&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock and an integrated spiral to show nearby events. It is a combination of the well known time-visualization techniques [[Timeline]] and [[Timeband]] and an enhancement to regular calenders, timetables or pop-up reminders providing a [[Data_Type|continuous]] non-intrusive display of upcoming events.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example questions this visualization solves ===&lt;br /&gt;
* What time is it?&lt;br /&gt;
* When does the next event start?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long does an event last?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many events are in near future (depends on the spiral depth)&lt;br /&gt;
* Show info to the selected event&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above includes:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock).&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating it is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two dimensions are to be displayed simultaneously: Absolute time and events (start + duration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analog clock displays the absolute time.&lt;br /&gt;
A spiral nested inside the analog clock shows the nearby future. Every revolution of the spiral represents one hour. The outermost branch shows events which occur in less than one hour, the second outermost events one to two hours from now, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
Colored blocks inside the spiral revolutions show the start and duration of events and are also used to display information about the events (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
* Explicitly show time (digital clock) and/or current date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change size of analog clock.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display time of day (if it is night or day) by changing background color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carlis and Konstan, 1998] John V. Carlis and Joseph A. Konstan. Interactive visualization of serial periodic data. In &#039;&#039;UIST &#039;98: Proceedings of the 11th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 29-38, San Francisco, California, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11831</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11831"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:50:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: restructured&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above include:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating its is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11830</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11830"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:47:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* How does the user interact with the visualization */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above include:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating its is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Possible interactions with the SpiraClock include:&lt;br /&gt;
* Turning the minute and/or hour hands forward and backward to advance or regress in time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming the spiral to display a broader or a more narrow time frame.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hovering over an event with the mouse to get more information about that event (tool-tip).&lt;br /&gt;
* Adding events by clicking the spiral.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modifying or deleting events by clicking those events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11829</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11829"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:42:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: image description&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information displayed in the SpiraClock example above include:&lt;br /&gt;
* The time now is 12:11 (read as a normal analog clock)&lt;br /&gt;
* The blue event starts at 12:15 (in four minutes) and lasts until 12:22 (for 7 minutes).&lt;br /&gt;
* The red event starts at 12:55 and lasts until 13:40 (that time is in the second spiral branch from the outside, indicating its is between one and two hours away).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11828</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11828"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:38:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: image&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_example1.jpg|Example usage of a SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Spiraclock_example1.jpg&amp;diff=11827</id>
		<title>File:Spiraclock example1.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Spiraclock_example1.jpg&amp;diff=11827"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:37:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: Example usage of a SpiraClock.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Example usage of a SpiraClock.&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11826</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11826"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:36:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: image&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Spiraclock_anim.gif|Animated SpiraClock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Spiraclock_anim.gif&amp;diff=11825</id>
		<title>File:Spiraclock anim.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Spiraclock_anim.gif&amp;diff=11825"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:34:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: Animation of a SpiraClock&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Animation of a SpiraClock&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11824</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11824"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:30:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Spiraclock */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SpiraClock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SpiraClock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic concept of SpiraClock is to create a time-management device that is less intrusive (no alerts or pop-ups) and more intuitive (using a regular analog clock) than existing calenders. For this purpose a spiral, representing the near future (usually the next hours), is added to a regular clock. Upcoming events are visualized as colored blocks within the spiral. Events occurring within the next hour are displayed on the outermost branch of the spiral, more distant events are displayed closer to the center of the spiral. Past events fade out as the minute hand of the clock passes them. Different colors, transparency and tool-tips can each be used to add additional information to the events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bilder &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11823</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11823"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T18:02:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Target Group */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Spiraclock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spiraclock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bilder &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Target Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Office workers&#039;&#039;&#039; usually sit in front of their PC most of the time and already use it for managing their calendars and timetables. They are therefore already accustomed to the concept of using a computer for time-management and could easily add the SpiraClock to their timekeeping devices.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Students:&#039;&#039;&#039; SpiraClock is especially useful for managing events with short durations that the user needs to be reminded of only close to the beginning of the event. Students can therefore use SpiraClock to keep track of their lectures, etc. Additionally students are more likely to try out and accept this new concept of timekeeping. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Anyone using a computer clock as their primary clock&#039;&#039;&#039; can also use SpiraClock, as it only enhances the capabilities of a standard analog clock by the discussed features. Users therefore simply add additional functionality to a program they already use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11822</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 3 - Technique</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Technique&amp;diff=11822"/>
		<updated>2006-11-27T17:52:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: short description&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Spiraclock ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spiraclock is a visualization technique using an analog clock. It is used as a non-intrusive addition to regular calenders and timetables and is primarily used to display nearby events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bilder &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Intended Purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Goals and Objectives (What should be achieved)&lt;br /&gt;
* Problems/Tasks to be solved&lt;br /&gt;
* Example questions (which this visualization solves)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Target Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Who Why&lt;br /&gt;
* Interests&lt;br /&gt;
* Known Solutions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Visual Mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Possibilities of interaction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How does the user interact with the visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Interaction for which purpose ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigation&lt;br /&gt;
* Zooming&lt;br /&gt;
* Highlighting&lt;br /&gt;
* Dynamic Querying&lt;br /&gt;
* Selection&lt;br /&gt;
* Brushing&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic and Huot, 2002] Pierre Dragicevic and Stéphane Huot. SpiraClock: a continuous and non-intrusive display for upcoming events. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;02: CHI &#039;02 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 604-605, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 2002. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Müller and Schumann, 2003] Wolfgang Müller and Heidrun Schumann. Visualization methods for time-dependent data - an overview. In &#039;&#039;WSC’03: Proceedings of the 2003 Winter Simulation Conference&#039;&#039;, Vol. 1, pages 737-745, New Orleans, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dragicevic, 2005] Pierre Dragicevic. SpiraClock Homepage. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.emn.fr/x-info/spiraclock/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tominski, 2006] Christian Tominski. SpiraClock. Created at: ? 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://wwwicg.informatik.uni-rostock.de/~ct/spiraclock.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Dürsteler, 2006] Juan C. Dürsteler. Visualising Time. Created at: April 12, 2006. Retrieved at: November 26, 2006. http://www.infovis.net/printMag.php?num=180&amp;amp;lang=2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_3_-_Prototype|Prototype]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01|InfoVis:Wiki Gruppe 3 Startseite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11608</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11608"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T21:46:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: remark removed&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk but that isn&#039;t the case. See below in the &amp;quot;Detailed analysis of the data&amp;quot;-section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in the graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis order:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated above it is not easy to see which unit is used on which axis. Therefore a closer analysis is required. While the risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says, the fear ranking (number of articles) does not play into the representation at all. As can be easily seen the risk categories are not ordered by the amount of articles. Nonetheless the categories are arranged in an ascending order. Additionally the line should be descending independently of the unit assignment: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear (low risk is meant to imply high fear); or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship which does not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Missing values:&#039;&#039;&#039; There a three records missing values for either odds of injury or odds of death, that are still positioned in the graphic, without explanation how these missing values where handled.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;No linear correlation:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated there is no apparent correlation between odds of injury (or odds of death) and number of articles, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance. If further proof for the non-correlation is need, one can calculate the correlation coefficient between e.g. odds of death and number of articles which is close to zero (-0,14).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fear index:&#039;&#039;&#039; Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed, in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Improved graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png|none|thumb|500px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way of presenting the data is to use one total risk value for both the death and the injury odds. In that way we can simplifiy the graphic by using some kind of block diagram. The blocks represent the total risk in percent and are ordered by the number of articles. According to the author of the original graphic, the number of articles written about a risk is equal to the risk&#039;s fear index. Because of that, we&#039;ll also use the fear index as the x-axis inscription. In that way one can easily see, that there is absolutly no relation between people&#039;s fears and the risk of getting involved with the corresponding dangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:FearRisk_Block.png|none|thumb|500px|none|Total risk of the dangers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11607</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11607"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T21:45:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Detailed analysis of the data */  some rephrasing&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk but that isn&#039;t the case. See below in the &amp;quot;Detailed analysis of the data&amp;quot;-section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in the graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis order:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated above it is not easy to see which unit is used on which axis. Therefore a closer analysis is required. While the risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says, the fear ranking (number of articles) does not play into the representation at all. As can be easily seen the risk categories are not ordered by the amount of articles. Nonetheless the categories are arranged in an ascending order. Additionally the line should be descending independently of the unit assignment: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear (low risk is meant to imply high fear); or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship which does not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Missing values:&#039;&#039;&#039; There a three records missing values for either odds of injury or odds of death, that are still positioned in the graphic, without explanation how these missing values where handled.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;No linear correlation:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated there is no apparent correlation between odds of injury (or odds of death) and number of articles, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance. If further proof for the non-correlation is need, one can calculate the correlation coefficient between e.g. odds of death and number of articles which is close to zero (-0,14).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fear index:&#039;&#039;&#039; Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed, in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png|none|thumb|500px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bitte an denjenigen der die Grafik jetzt gemacht hat: Beschriftungen der Linien ans Ende der Linien setzen. Und wenn möglich einheitliche Symbole für die Punkte nehmen (nicht einmal Karos, einmal Dreiecke, ...). -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way of presenting the data is to use one total risk value for both the death and the injury odds. In that way we can simplifiy the graphic by using some kind of block diagram. The blocks represent the total risk in percent and are ordered by the number of articles. According to the author of the original graphic, the number of articles written about a risk is equal to the risk&#039;s fear index. Because of that, we&#039;ll also use the fear index as the x-axis inscription. In that way one can easily see, that there is absolutly no relation between people&#039;s fears and the risk of getting involved with the corresponding dangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:FearRisk_Block.png|none|thumb|500px|none|Total risk of the dangers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11605</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11605"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T21:42:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Design */  typos corrected&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk but that isn&#039;t the case. See below in the &amp;quot;Detailed analysis of the data&amp;quot;-section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in the graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shows 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis order:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated above it&#039;s not easy to see which unit is used on which axis. Therefore a closer analysis. While the risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says, the fear ranking (number of articles) doesn&#039;t play into the representation at all. As it can be easily seen the risk categories aren&#039;t ordered by the article numbers. Nonetheless the categories are arranged in an ascending order. Additionally the line should be descending independently of the unit assignment: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear (Low risk is meant to implie High fear); or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship which isn&#039;t there.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Missing values:&#039;&#039;&#039; There a three records which missing values for either odds of injury or odds of death, but are still positioned in the graphic. Without explanation how these missing values where handled.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;No linear correlation:&#039;&#039;&#039; As already stated there is no apparent correlation between odds of injury (or odds of death) and number of articles, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance. If you need further proof for the non-correlation just calculate the correlation coefficient between e.g. odds of death and number of articles which is close to zero (-0,14).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fear index:&#039;&#039;&#039; Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed, in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png|none|thumb|500px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bitte an denjenigen der die Grafik jetzt gemacht hat: Beschriftungen der Linien ans Ende der Linien setzen. Und wenn möglich einheitliche Symbole für die Punkte nehmen (nicht einmal Karos, einmal Dreiecke, ...). -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way of presenting the data is to use one total risk value for both the death and the injury odds. In that way we can simplifiy the graphic by using some kind of block diagram. The blocks represent the total risk in percent and are ordered by the number of articles. According to the author of the original graphic, the number of articles written about a risk is equal to the risk&#039;s fear index. Because of that, we&#039;ll also use the fear index as the x-axis inscription. In that way one can easily see, that there is absolutly no relation between people&#039;s fears and the risk of getting involved with the corresponding dangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:FearRisk_Block.png|none|thumb|500px|none|Total risk of the dangers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11547</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11547"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:59:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: remark added&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Auch nach dreimaligem Durchlesen versteh ich die letzten 2 Sätze nicht... -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from the its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values for either odds of injury or odds of death, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Was ist gemeint mit &amp;quot;where does the trend come from?&amp;quot; Dass der Anstieg nach injuries ist haben wir eh schon. -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ich denk nicht, dass man über die Ausreißer speziell noch was schreiben muss. Dass die keine Korrellation injuries/articles existiert haben wir schon und die outliers können uns eigenlich egal sein. -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brauen wir wirklich eine genaue statistische Analyse? Darum gehts doch überhaupt nicht. Dass die Daten nicht zusammenhängen sieht man eh schön, müssen wir das wirklich genauer untermauern? -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bitte an denjenigen der die Grafik jetzt gemacht hat: Beschriftungen der Linien ans Ende der Linien setzen. Und wenn möglich einheitliche Symbole für die Punkte nehmen (nicht einmal Karos, einmal Dreiecke, ...). -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11546</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11546"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:53:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: added some remarks&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Auch nach dreimaligem Durchlesen versteh ich die letzten 2 Sätze nicht... -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from the its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values for either odds of injury or odds of death, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Was ist gemeint mit &amp;quot;where does the trend come from?&amp;quot; Dass der Anstieg nach injuries ist haben wir eh schon. -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ich denk nicht, dass man über die Ausreißer speziell noch was schreiben muss. Dass die keine Korrellation injuries/articles existiert haben wir schon und die outliers können uns eigenlich egal sein. -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REM:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bitte an denjenigen der die Grafik jetzt gemacht hat: Beschriftungen der Linien ans Ende der Linien setzen. Und wenn möglich einheitliche Symbole für die Punkte nehmen (nicht einmal Karos, einmal Dreiecke, ...). -MM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11545</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11545"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:46:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: rephrased data analysis&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from the its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot; data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values for either odds of injury or odds of death, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject (i.e. the more articles they read about it), the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic could not be supported by the actual data. We analyzed the values with several different diagrams and concluded that a rising odds of injury is not related to a lesser (or higher) number of articles. According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does. Therefore we try to visualize the data in a new diagram, not supporting the original &amp;quot;more risk, less fear&amp;quot;-thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. Data are ordered by the number of articles, no connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11544</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11544"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:40:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: rephrased design&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the actual data in the graphic we try to evaluate the graphic from a design point of view:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are unnecessary to visualize the data itself, but even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat misleading. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region). There is no logical reason for locating the axis in the middle. A y-axis is not even displayed, although elements are also arranged vertically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axes. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; The article text in the upper left does not belong in the graphic itself and should be shown separately. As it is it is nearly unreadable due to its small size and distracting the viewer from the information in graphic. Additionally there are some comments (e.g. on missing values or specific conditions under which these values were obtained) directly on the graph which again distract from the its message, as the user has to read them to check if they contain important information (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just an improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio we created this simplification of the original graphic:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot;-data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject, the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic is not true. We explored the values with different diagrams. A rising odds injury doesn&#039;t always cause a higher number of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does, but we try to visualize the data in a new diagram. Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. We ordered the data by the number of articles. No connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11540</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11540"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:30:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: rephrased first impressions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are the other graphical symbols, arranged from bottom left to top right, which seem to stand in a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you see the horizontal axis, positioned in the middle of the graphic, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then finally you get to notice the actual values and the legend - if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we could finally go on and try to understand the message of the graphic. But instead of doing that we will stop for a moment and just evaluate the graphic from the design point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are not needed to display the data itself but instead even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat disturbing. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axis. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; Apart from the disturbing article text in the upper left, there are some comments (e.g. on missing values) directly on the graph which distract from the its message, as you need to read them to check if they tell you something important (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just a simple improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot;-data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject, the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic is not true. We explored the values with different diagrams. A rising odds injury doesn&#039;t always cause a higher number of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does, but we try to visualize the data in a new diagram. Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. We ordered the data by the number of articles. No connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11539</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11539"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:28:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: restructured&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&lt;br /&gt;
The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are some graphical symbols on a &amp;quot;line&amp;quot; which seem to stand in a linear relationship. Then you see the horizontal axis, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right, which is positioned at the middle of the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
Then finally you get to notice the &amp;quot;numbers&amp;quot; and the legend if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we could finally go on and try to understand the message of the graphic. But instead of doing that we will stop for a moment and just evaluate the graphic from the design point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are not needed to display the data itself but instead even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat disturbing. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axis. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; Apart from the disturbing article text in the upper left, there are some comments (e.g. on missing values) directly on the graph which distract from the its message, as you need to read them to check if they tell you something important (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just a simple improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot;-data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject, the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic is not true. We explored the values with different diagrams. A rising odds injury doesn&#039;t always cause a higher number of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does, but we try to visualize the data in a new diagram. Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. We ordered the data by the number of articles. No connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11538</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11538"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T16:04:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Detailed analysis of the data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions of the design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are some graphical symbols on a &amp;quot;line&amp;quot; which seem to stand in a linear relationship. Then you see the horizontal axis, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right, which is positioned at the middle of the graphic.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then finally you get to notice the &amp;quot;numbers&amp;quot; and the legend if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we could finally go on and try to understand the message of the graphic. But instead of doing that we will stop for a moment and just evaluate the graphic from the design point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are not needed to display the data itself but instead even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat disturbing. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axis. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; Apart from the disturbing article text in the upper left, there are some comments (e.g. on missing values) directly on the graph which distract from the its message, as you need to read them to check if they tell you something important (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just a simple improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot;-data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Order on both the axes seems to be the odds of injury (descending from left to right and bottom to top).&lt;br /&gt;
* Three records have no values, but are still positioned in the graphic.&lt;br /&gt;
* No apparent correlation between odds of injury and number of articles exists, though the graphic tries to convince the viewer otherwise. The few correlations that do exist can be attributed to chance.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the number of articles written about a subject really a good measure for fear of this subject? Exactly the opposite could be claimed in that the more people know about a subject, the less they fear it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic is not true. We explored the values with different diagrams. A rising odds injury doesn&#039;t always cause a higher number of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does, but we try to visualize the data in a new diagram. Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. We ordered the data by the number of articles. No connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11532</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=11532"/>
		<updated>2006-11-13T15:54:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: corrected typos and phrasings&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Poor Graphic  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ropeik03neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Discussion of the original graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First impressions of the design ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing one will notice when looking at this diagram is: The shark.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The next things, that really catch one&#039;s eye are some graphical symbols on a &amp;quot;line&amp;quot; which seem to stand in a linear relationship. Then you see the horizontal axis, reading &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right, which is positioned at the middle of the graphic.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then finally you get to notice the &amp;quot;numbers&amp;quot; and the legend if you don&#039;t get distracted by the nearly unreadable article text in the upper left of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we could finally go on and try to understand the message of the graphic. But instead of doing that we will stop for a moment and just evaluate the graphic from the design point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data-Ink-Ratio:&#039;&#039;&#039; This image has very bad Data-Ink-Ratio. As there are a huge number of visual elements (e.g. the huge shark) which not only are not needed to display the data itself but instead even prevent/distract you from concentrating on the message of the graphic. They are completely dispensable as they add no information that is not already provided by the textual labels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Space:&#039;&#039;&#039; The image takes up a great amount of space but leaves entire regions of the graphic blank and so without use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis location:&#039;&#039;&#039; The location of the only axis in the diagram is somewhat disturbing. The axis is placed in the middle of the diagram and suggesting a separation of the risk categories in some way (e.g. into a negative/positive region).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Axis units:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is no real way to tell the units and/or the ranges for the x- and y-axis. The only hint is the text on the arrow which reads &amp;quot;More risk, less fear&amp;quot; on the left and &amp;quot;More fear, less risk&amp;quot; on the right. Now you could think the data is ordered from left to right by increasing fear and decreasing risk. The risk decreases from left to right, which is what the axis says (and what we expect), but the risk categories are arranged in an ascending order. Which is slightly confusing as the expected order should be descending independently if the unit assignment is: x-axis:Amount of risk; y-axis:Amount of fear; or the other way around. So the reality is: The data is only ordered by the &amp;quot;odds of injury&amp;quot; and then simply placed on an ascending line implying a linear relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Text on graphic:&#039;&#039;&#039; Apart from the disturbing article text in the upper left, there are some comments (e.g. on missing values) directly on the graph which distract from the its message, as you need to read them to check if they tell you something important (which mostly they don&#039;t).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Data density:&#039;&#039;&#039; The graphic gets a pretty bad rating here too, as the amount of space (as stated above) used to show information about the dataset is in no relation to the number of elements in the set, which are only 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only to show what can be accomplished by just a simple improvement of the Data-Ink-Ratio:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Better_Data_Ink_Ratio_Ropeik_03_neverbitten.jpg|none|thumb|500px|none|Never Bitten, Twice Shy: The Real Dangers Of Summer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Detailed analysis of the data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;The real risks of summer&amp;quot;-data in table form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Risk !! Odds of injury&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Odds of dying !! Fear Index&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Skin cancer&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 200 || 1 in 29,500 || 102&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Food poisoning&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 800 || 1 in 55,600 || 257&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Bicycles&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 1,700 || 1 in 578,000 || 233&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lawn mowers&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 5300 || Not available  || 53&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Heat exposure&lt;br /&gt;
| Not available || 1 in 950,000 || 229&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Children falling out of windows&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 12,800 || 1 in 2,400,000 || 89&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Lyme disease&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 18,100 || Not available || 47&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Fireworks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 32,400 || 1 in 71,200,000 || 59&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Amusement parks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 34,800 || 1 in 72,300,000 || 101&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Snake bites&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 41,300 || 1 in 19,300,000 || 109&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Drowning (while boating)&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 64,500 || 1 in 400,900 || 1,688&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! West Nile virus&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 68,500 || 1 in 1,000,000 || 2,240&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Shark attacks&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 in 6,000,000 || 1 in 578,000,000 || 276&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Full row text: Odds of injury requiring medical treatment&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Fear index means: Number of newspaper articles written last summer about this risk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us 13 risk categories each with three types of information: odds of injury, odds of death and a &amp;quot;fear index&amp;quot;, built on the &amp;quot;number of newspaper articles written last summer&amp;quot; about this risk category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Three items have missing values, but they are still positioned somewhere&lt;br /&gt;
* Outliers ??? What to write about them&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three different dimensions of data in the picture, but where does the trend comes from?&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds injury&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Odds death&lt;br /&gt;
 ** Number of Articles&lt;br /&gt;
* Ordering on x- and y-axis seems to be the odds of injury&lt;br /&gt;
* No correlation to e.g. Number of articles. What should be the &amp;quot;Fear Index&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Das bitte mit Statistikwerten unterlegen. Es gibt zum Beispiel nur eine Korrelation von -0,147886423 zwischen Death und Artikeln. Einen Scatterplot davon mit Trendlinie.&lt;br /&gt;
Angeben das es manchmal eine Korrelation zwischen Odds und Artikeln besteht aber nicht immer. Und schon gar nicht so linear wie in der Graphik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insbesondere ohne die Outliers &amp;quot;Nile virus&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;drowning&amp;quot; sind die werte der artikel im bereich [53,276] also ziemlich flach und nicht linear ansteigend. Dann eine Graphik wie das ausschaut wenn mann korrekt X:A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Better graphic ==&lt;br /&gt;
After taking a closer look at the data, we found out that the main message of the original graphic is not true. We explored the values with different diagrams. A rising odds injury doesn&#039;t always cause a higher number of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
According to this conclusion we can not show the &amp;quot;fear-risk-ratio&amp;quot; in the same way as the source picture does, but we try to visualize the data in a new diagram. Because of the wide spread of the values, we had to use a logarithmic scale. We ordered the data by the number of articles. No connection to the other dimensions can be found. The only correlation that might exist is between the odds of injury and the odds of dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Aufgabe2Diagramm.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Few, 2004] Stephen Few, Intelligent Enterprise Magazine: Elegance through simplicity. Created at: October 16, 2004. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://www.intelligententerprise.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=N2ATDQWY5VYKSQSNDBGCKHSCJUMEKJVN?articleID=49400920.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Mizuno et al., 1999] Yoko Mizuno, Tufte Design Principle Project. Created at: January 26, 1999. Retrieved at: November 12, 2006. http://ldt.stanford.edu/ldt1999/Students/mizuno/Portfolio/Work/reports/tufte/ed229c-tufte-outline.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~aigner/teaching/infovis_ue/index.html UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01|Gruppe 01 (Lamprecht, Frey, Matzneller, Mueller)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11274</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11274"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T22:01:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Usage */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to represent each aspect of information depends on its characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing different visual variables for representing different aspects of the same information can greatly influence the perception and understanding of the presented information. It is therefore important to know and appropriately use the characteristics of visual variables when creating &#039;&#039;any&#039;&#039; visual data representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11273</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11273"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T22:00:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: usage added&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to represent each aspect of information depends on its characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing different visual variables for representing different aspects of the same information can greatly influence the perception and understanding of the presented information. It is therefore important to know and appropriately use the characteristics of visual variables when creating any visual data representation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11270</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11270"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:52:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Puropse and Development */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purpose and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to represent each aspect of information depends on its characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11269</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11269"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:48:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Characteristics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Puropse and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to represent each aspect of information depends on its characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Talk:Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11268</id>
		<title>Talk:Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Talk:Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11268"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:44:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11267</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11267"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:42:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Characteristics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Puropse and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on its characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11266</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11266"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:41:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Puropse and Development */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Puropse and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11265</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11265"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:41:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Puropse and Development */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Puropse and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;. All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11264</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11264"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:41:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Puropse and Development ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;. All of those developments were primarily made for cartographic purposes and only later adapted and used for information visualisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11262</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11262"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T21:39:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: short definition&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|&#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; are a specified set of modifications that can be applied to objects in order to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Talk:Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11208</id>
		<title>Talk:Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Talk:Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11208"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:48:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Offene Punkte ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn wer eine gute prägnante Begriffsdefinition für den Anfang findet, dann bitte her damit. Die jetzige hab ich mir etwas zusammengestoppelt. &lt;br /&gt;
* Die Struktur des ganzen Artikels ist noch nicht ideal. Einerseits gehören Marks, Visual Variables und Charactaristics nicht unbedingt als Hauptpunkte, andererseits haben wir derzeit nur einen Hauptpunkt (und Referenzen). Gut wär noch was zum tatsächlichen Einsatz zu finden.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:UE-InfoVis0506 9927022|UE-InfoVis0506 9927022]] 18:48, 30 October 2006 (CET)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11206</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11206"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:43:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: short definition&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Visual Variables are a specified set of object modifications used to differentiate those objects.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11205</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11205"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:35:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape, or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11204</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11204"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:35:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11203</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11203"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:34:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Visual Variables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.  Changes in motion can include direction, speed, frequency, rhythm, flicker, trails, and style. [Carpendale, 2003]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11202</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11202"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:32:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin [Bertin, 1967] described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11198</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11198"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:30:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each of these variables can have certain &#039;&#039;&#039;charactaristics&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_RangeSlider&amp;diff=11197</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - RangeSlider</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_RangeSlider&amp;diff=11197"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:26:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* History and Naming */  typos corrected&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Range_slider.png|thumb|300px|right|A range slider for specifying a color range]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|A &#039;&#039;&#039;Range Slider&#039;&#039;&#039; is a control that lets you define two values, i.e. an upper and a lower bound. For instance two values of a specific color range.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History and Naming ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Range Slider control is a UI Component which first became widely known through the use in the field of [[Dynamic_query|Dynamic Queries]]. There the Range Slider is used to select values on [[Data_Type|continuous]] data attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:DQI_rangeslider.png|thumb|300px|center|A basic range slider used for dynamic queries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper and lower bound can be interpreted as the value range for a certain attribute. The UI component&#039;s name derives from that interpretation. Depending on the range slider&#039;s functionality one can either change the range values by dragging the two sliders to the desired position, or by moving the whole range block. Given all that, is what makes a range slider diverse and distinct from a normal slider, which allows only the input of one value (e.g. sound volume).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Slider.png|thumb|300px|center|A normal slider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking the taxonomy of seven task from &#039;&#039;The eyes have it&#039;&#039; [Shneiderman, 1996] the range slider is located in the filter task. Which basically means the range slider appears in the the Visual Information Seeking mantra &#039;&#039;Overview first, zoom and filter, then details-on-demand&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several UI related aspects to all sliders in common and to the Range Slider in specific. One thing is how the values can be selected. For setting the desired values one can use the mouse and/or the keyboard by simply dragging (mouse) or shifting (keyboard) the sliders, or via direct input of values (additional input fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to represent large value ranges when high granularity is an issue. As a slider can only let the user select as many points as there are pixels for the slider.&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe someway to specify an accuracy Range Sliders can be enhanced by not only using them to select a value but use the space &#039;&#039;inside&#039;&#039; the slider to show color scales, barplots or density graphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closley related UI components are &amp;lt;!-- This link later on probably should point to Alpha_slider --&amp;gt; [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_02_-_Aufgabe_1_-_AlphaSlider|Alpha Sliders]] ([[Data_Type|nominal]] attributes), [[Toggle|Toogles]] ([[Data_Type|binary]] attributes) and [[Checkbox|Checkboxes]] ([[Data_Type|ordinal]] attributes).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current and the max/min range values have to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What to do with a slider when resized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For some examples how a Range Slider can be used look at the weblinks under references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- This link later on should probably be updated e.g. to Alpha_slider --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_02_-_Aufgabe_1_-_AlphaSlider|Alpha Sliders]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dynamic_query|Dynamic Queries]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Toggle|Toogles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Checkbox|Checkboxes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Eick, 1994] Stephen G. Eick. Data Visualization Sliders. In &#039;&#039;UIST &#039;94: Proceedings of the 7th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 119–120, Marina del Rey, California, 1994. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Ahlberg and Shneiderman, 1994a] Christopher Ahlberg and Ben Shneiderman. Visual information seeking: tight coupling of dynamic query filters with starfield displays. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;94: Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 313–317, Boston, Massachusetts, 1994. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Ahlberg and Shneiderman, 1994b] Christopher Ahlberg and Ben Shneiderman. The alphaslider: a compact and rapid selector. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;94: Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 365-371, Boston, Massachusetts, 1994. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Shneiderman, 1996] Ben Shneiderman. The Eyes Have It: A Task by Data Type Taxonomy for Information Visualizations. In &#039;&#039;VL &#039;96: Proceedings of the 1996 IEEE Symposium on Visual Languages&#039;&#039;, pages 336–343(?), Washington, DC, July 1996. IEEE Computer Society&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Li et al., 2003] Qing Li and Xiaofeng Bao and Chen Song and Jinfei Zhang and Chris North. Dynamic query sliders vs. brushing histograms. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03: CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 834–835, New York, NY, 2003. ACM Pres&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Links&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Film_Finder|Film Finder]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[HomeFinder|Home Finder]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Macrofocus(?), 2002] Macrofocus(?), Macrofocus|InfoScope. Created at: ?. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006. http://www.macrofocus.com/public/products/infoscope.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Tanin, 1997] Egemen Tanin, Background on Dynamic Queries. Created at: Jan 2, 1997. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://hcil.cs.umd.edu/trs/96-18/node8.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Shneiderman, 1999] Ben Shneiderman, Dynamic queries, starfield displays, and the path to Spotfire. Created at: February 4, 1999. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://www.cs.umd.edu/hcil/spotfire/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Hesselberg, 2001] Petter Hesselberg, Range Slider - User Interface Programming. Created at: January 21, 2001. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://www.petterhesselberg.com/RangeSlider.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Wan, 2001] Samuel Wan, Samuel Wan : News, Information and Resources: Range Slider Component. Created at: April 05, 2002. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://www.samuelwan.com/information/archives/000055.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Sahling, 2002] Niki Sahling, Brushing Types. Created at: December 03, 2002. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://www.vrvis.at/via/resources/DA-NSahling/node47.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Waloszek, 2004] G. Waloszek, UEC-Template: Index1. Created at: January 15, 2004. Retrieved at: October 28, 2006 http://www.sapdesignguild.org/community/book_people/visualization/controls/RangeSlider.htm&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11195</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11195"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T17:00:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition| definition coming}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11192</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11192"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:59:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11190</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11190"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:58:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Characteristics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and as an effect can be selected from the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less (e.g. in size you can order marks according to their area).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11189</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11189"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:55:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Visual Variables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of &#039;&#039;&#039;motion&#039;&#039;&#039; as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and it can be selected by the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less. e.g. in size you can order according to the area of the marks.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11188</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11188"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:54:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These predefined modifications are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of motion as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and it can be selected by the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less. e.g. in size you can order according to the area of the marks.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11187</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11187"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:54:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described &#039;&#039;&#039;marks&#039;&#039;&#039; as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These methods are called &#039;&#039;&#039;visual variables&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of motion as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and it can be selected by the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less. e.g. in size you can order according to the area of the marks.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11186</id>
		<title>Visual Variables</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Visual_Variables&amp;diff=11186"/>
		<updated>2006-10-30T16:53:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0506 9927022: /* Definition */  rephrase&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{definition|Information may not have a direct visual manifestation. Therefore one needs to map this information to a visual representation. This is done by &#039;&#039;&#039;visual varibles&#039;&#039;&#039;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
Our usual way of communicating is with words. Written words consist of single symbols (letters), gaining meaning when arranged in certain combinations. The question is, if there are basic visual symbols that, arranged in a particular way, can be used to convey information in a similar manner.&lt;br /&gt;
Bertin described marks as these basic units and also developed a given number of methods these units can be modified, such as position, size, shape or color. These methods are called visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Marks ===&lt;br /&gt;
A mark is made to represent some information other than itself. It is also referred to as a sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marks can be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Points&#039;&#039;&#039; are dimensionless locations on the plane, represented by signs that obviously need to have some size, shape or color for visualisation. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Lines&#039;&#039;&#039; represent information with a certain length, but no area and therefore no width. Again lines are visualised by signs of some thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Areas&#039;&#039;&#039; hava a length and a width and therfore a two-dimensional size. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Surfaces&#039;&#039;&#039; are areas in a three-dimensional space, but with no thickness.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Volumes&#039;&#039;&#039; have a length, a width and a depth. They are thus truly three-dimensional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Visual Variables ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jaques Bertin defined seven &#039;&#039;&#039;Visual Variables&#039;&#039;&#039; [Bertin, 1967] consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:visualVariables.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since nowadays information is presented by computers, the addition of motion as a new visual variable becomes important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Characteristics ===&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the variable, which would be most appropriate to present each aspect of information depends on the characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Selective:&#039;&#039;&#039; If a mark changes in this variable and it can be selected by the other marks easily the visual variable is said to be selective.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Associative:&#039;&#039;&#039; Several marks can be grouped across changes in other visual variables.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Quantitative:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the difference between two marks in this variable can be interpreted numerically, the visual variable is quantitative.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Order:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the variable supports ordered reading it is an ordered visual variable. This means that a change could be read as more or less. e.g. in size you can order according to the area of the marks.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Length:&#039;&#039;&#039; The length defines how many values the variable features. For example how many shades of grey can be recognised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Proceedings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:[Bertin, 1967] Bertin, Jaques: &amp;quot;Sémiologie Graphique&amp;quot;. Paris: Editions Gauthier-Villars. Deutsche Übersetzung von Jensch, G.; Schade, D.; Scharfe, W.: Graphische Semiologie.Diagramme – Netze - Karten. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1974.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Skupin, 2000] Skupin, A: &amp;quot;From Metaphor to Method: Cartographic Perspectives on Information Visualization&amp;quot; IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization. October 9-10, 2000, Salt Lake City, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[Carpendale, 2003] M. S. T. Carpendale: &amp;quot;Considering Visual Variables as a Basis for Information Visualisation&amp;quot;, University of Calgary, Department of Computer Science, 2001-693-16, 2003&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0506 9927022</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>